blob: 730375e5cd34d0d78665162f8d19479436ee7af6 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000031using namespace clang;
32
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000033
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000034/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
35/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
36///
37/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
38/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
39/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
40/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
41/// function is being used.
42///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000043/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
44/// decls.
45///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000046/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
47/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000048///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000052 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000053 }
54
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000055 // See if the decl is unavailable
56 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
57 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
58 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
59 }
60
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000062 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000063 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
64 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
65 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
66 return true;
67 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071}
72
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000074/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000075/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
76///
77void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000079 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
83 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000085 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
86 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000088 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
89 int isMethod = 0;
90 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
91 // skip over named parameters.
92 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
93 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
94 if (nullPos)
95 --nullPos;
96 else
97 ++i;
98 }
99 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
100 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000101 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102 // skip over named parameters.
103 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
104 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
105 if (nullPos)
106 --nullPos;
107 else
108 ++i;
109 }
110 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000111 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000112 // block or function pointer call.
113 QualType Ty = V->getType();
114 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000115 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000116 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
117 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000118 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
119 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
120 unsigned k;
121 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
122 if (nullPos)
123 --nullPos;
124 else
125 ++i;
126 }
127 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
128 }
129 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
130 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000133 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000134 return;
135
136 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000139 return;
140 }
141 int sentinel = i;
142 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
143 --sentinelPos;
144 ++i;
145 }
146 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000148 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000149 return;
150 }
151 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
152 ++i;
153 ++sentinel;
154 }
155 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000156 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
157 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
158 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
159 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 }
163 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000164}
165
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000166SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
167 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
168 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
169}
170
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172// Standard Promotions and Conversions
173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000175/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
176void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
177 QualType Ty = E->getType();
178 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
179
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000180 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000181 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000182 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000183 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
184 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
185 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
186 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
187 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
188 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
189 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000190 //
191 // C++ 4.2p1:
192 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
193 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
194 //
195 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
196 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
198 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200}
201
202/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000204/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
205/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
206/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
207Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
208 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
209 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000211 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
212 //
213 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
214 // unsigned int may be used:
215 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
216 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
217 // and unsigned int.
218 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
219 //
220 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
221 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
222 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
223 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
225 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000226 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000227 return Expr;
228 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000230 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000231 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000233 }
234
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000235 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return Expr;
237}
238
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000241/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
242void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
243 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
244 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000245
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
250 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
253}
254
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000255/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
256/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
257/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
258/// completely illegal.
259bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000260 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000262 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
263 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
264 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
265 << Expr->getType() << CT))
266 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000267
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
269 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
270 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
271 << Expr->getType() << CT))
272 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273
274 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275}
276
277
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
279/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000281/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
282/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
283/// GCC.
284QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
285 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000288
289 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000290
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 QualType lhs =
294 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000296 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000297
298 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
299 if (lhs == rhs)
300 return lhs;
301
302 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
303 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
304 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
305 return lhs;
306
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000311 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000312 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
313 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
314
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000315 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000317 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
318 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000319 return destType;
320}
321
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
325
326
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000327/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000328/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
329/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
330/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
331/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000332///
333Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000334Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000335 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
336
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000337 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000339 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000341 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
343 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000346 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000347 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000348
349 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
351 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000352
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
354 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
355 // strings.
356 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000357 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000360 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000362 Literal.GetStringLength(),
363 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
364 &StringTokLocs[0],
365 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000366}
367
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000368/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
369/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
370/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
371/// for values inside the block or for globals).
372///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000373/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
374/// up-to-date.
375///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000376static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
377 ValueDecl *VD) {
378 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
379 // we wanted to.
380 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
381 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000383 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
384 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
385 return false;
386
387 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
388 // snapshot it.
389 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
390 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
392 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
395 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
396
397 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
398 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
399 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
400 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
401 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
402 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
403 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
404 // having a reference outside it.
405 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
409 // a snapshot as well.
410 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
411 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414}
415
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000416
417
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000418/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000419Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000420Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000421 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000610 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000621/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
622/// possibly a list of template arguments.
623///
624/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
625/// DecomposeTemplateName.
626///
627/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
628/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
629/// some way.
630static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
631 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
633 DeclarationName &Name,
634 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
636 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
637 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
638 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
639
640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
641 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
642 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
643 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
644 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
645
646 TemplateName TName =
647 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
648
649 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
650 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
651 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
652 } else {
653 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
654 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
655 TemplateArgs = 0;
656 }
657}
658
659/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
660///
661/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
662/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
663/// found template arguments.
664static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
665 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
666 TemplateName TName =
667 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
668
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000669 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
670 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000671 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
672 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
673 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000674 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000675
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000676 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000677}
678
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000679static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
680 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
681 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
682 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
683 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
684 if (!BaseRT) return false;
685
686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
687 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
688 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
689 return false;
690 }
691
692 return true;
693}
694
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000695/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
696/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
697static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000699
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000700 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
701 if (!DC) return true;
702
703 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
704 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
705
706 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
707 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
708
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709 return false;
710}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000711
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000712/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
713/// the prospective base classes.
714static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
715 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
716 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000718 return false;
719
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000720 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
721 if (!RD) return false;
722 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
723
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000724 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
725 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
726 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
727 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
728 if (!BaseRT) return false;
729
730 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000731 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
732 return false;
733 }
734
735 return true;
736}
737
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000738/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
739static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000740 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000741 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
742
743 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
744
745 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
746 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
747
748 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
749 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
750 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
751 }
752
753 return false;
754}
755
756enum IMAKind {
757 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
758 IMA_Static,
759
760 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
761 IMA_Mixed,
762
763 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
764 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
765 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
766
767 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
768 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
769 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
770
771 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Instance,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
775 IMA_Unresolved,
776
777 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
778 /// context is not an instance method.
779 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
780
781 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
782 /// non-class context.
783 IMA_AnonymousMember,
784
785 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
786 /// context is not an instance method.
787 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
788
789 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
790 /// class.
791 IMA_Error_Unrelated
792};
793
794/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
795/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
796/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
797/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
798/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
799/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
800static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
801 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000802 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000803
804 bool isStaticContext =
805 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
806 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
807
808 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
809 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
810
811 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
812 bool hasNonInstance = false;
813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
814 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
815 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
816 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
817 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
818
819 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
820 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
821 // that's a special case.
822 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
823 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
824 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
825 }
826 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
827 }
828 else
829 hasNonInstance = true;
830 }
831
832 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
833 // member reference.
834 if (Classes.empty())
835 return IMA_Static;
836
837 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
838 // an implicit member reference.
839 if (isStaticContext)
840 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
841
842 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
843 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
844 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
845 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
847 Classes))
848 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
849
850 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
851}
852
853/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
854static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
855 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
856 const LookupResult &R) {
857 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
858 SourceRange Range(Loc);
859 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
860
861 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic()) {
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
865 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << Range << R.getLookupName();
867 return;
868 }
869 }
870
871 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
872 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
873 return;
874 }
875
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000877}
878
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
880///
881/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000882bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000883 LookupResult &R) {
884 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
885
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000886 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000887 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000888 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
889 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000890 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000891 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000892 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
893 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000894
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000895 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
896 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
897 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
898 // dependent name.
899 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
900 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000901 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
902 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
903
904 if (!R.empty()) {
905 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
906 R.suppressDiagnostics();
907
908 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
909 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
910 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
911 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
912
913 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
914 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
915 // Actually quite difficult!
916 if (isInstance)
917 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
918 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
919 "this->");
920 else
921 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
922
923 // Do we really want to note all of these?
924 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
925 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
926
927 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
928 return false;
929 }
930 }
931 }
932
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000933 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000934 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
935 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
936 if (SS.isEmpty())
937 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
938 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000939 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000940 else
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
942 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
943 << SS.getRange()
944 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000945 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000946 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
947 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
948 << ND->getDeclName();
949
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000950 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
951 return false;
952 }
953
954 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
955 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
956 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
957 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
958 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
959 // to recover well anyway.
960 if (SS.isEmpty())
961 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
962 else
963 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
964 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
965 << SS.getRange();
966
967 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
968 return true;
969 }
970
971 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000972 }
973
974 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
975 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
976 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
977 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
978 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
979 << SS.getRange();
980 return true;
981 }
982
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000983 // Give up, we can't recover.
984 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
985 return true;
986}
987
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000988Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
989 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
990 UnqualifiedId &Id,
991 bool HasTrailingLParen,
992 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
993 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
994 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
995
996 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000997 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000998
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000999 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001000
1001 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1002 DeclarationName Name;
1003 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1004 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001005 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1006 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001007
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001008 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001009
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001010 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1011 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1012 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1013 // names a dependent type.
1014 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1015 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +00001016 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001017 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001018 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001019 TemplateArgs);
1020 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001021
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022 // Perform the required lookup.
1023 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1024 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001026 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001027 } else {
1028 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001030 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1031 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
1032 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
1033 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
1034 if (E.isInvalid())
1035 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001036
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001037 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1038 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001039 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001040 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001041
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001042 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1043 return ExprError();
1044
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001045 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1046 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001048
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001050 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1052 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1053 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1054 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1055 }
1056
1057 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1058 // call, diagnose the problem.
1059 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001060 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001061 return ExprError();
1062
1063 assert(!R.empty() &&
1064 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001065
1066 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1067 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1068 // reference the ivar.
1069 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1070 R.clear();
1071 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1072 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1073 return move(E);
1074 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001075 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001076 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001078 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1079 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1080
1081 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001082 // Warn about constructs like:
1083 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1084 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001085
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001086 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1087 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001088 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001090 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001092 << Var->getDeclName()
1093 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1094 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001095 break;
1096 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001097
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001098 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1099 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001100 }
1101 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001102 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001103 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1104 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1105 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1106 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1107 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1108 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001109 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001110 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001111
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001112 QualType T = Func->getType();
1113 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001114 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001115 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001116 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001117 }
1118 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001120 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1121 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1122 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1123 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1124 // class member access expression.
1125 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1126 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001127 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001128 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001129 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1130 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001131 }
1132
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 if (TemplateArgs)
1134 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001135
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001136 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1137}
1138
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001139/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1140Sema::OwningExprResult
1141Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1142 LookupResult &R,
1143 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1144 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1145 case IMA_Instance:
1146 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1147
1148 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1149 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1150 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1151 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1152
1153 case IMA_Mixed:
1154 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1155 case IMA_Unresolved:
1156 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1157
1158 case IMA_Static:
1159 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1160 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1161 if (TemplateArgs)
1162 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1163 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1164
1165 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1166 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1167 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1168 return ExprError();
1169 }
1170
1171 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1172 return ExprError();
1173}
1174
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001175/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1176/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1177/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1178/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001179Sema::OwningExprResult
1180Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1181 DeclarationName Name,
1182 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1183 DeclContext *DC;
1184 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1185 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1186 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1187 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1188
1189 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1190 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1191
1192 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1193 return ExprError();
1194
1195 if (R.empty()) {
1196 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1197 return ExprError();
1198 }
1199
1200 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1201}
1202
1203/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1204/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1205/// additional lookup.
1206///
1207/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1208/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1209///
1210/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1211Sema::OwningExprResult
1212Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1213 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1214 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1215
1216 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1217 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1218 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1219 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1220 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1221
1222 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1223 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1224 // ivar, that's an error.
1225 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1226
1227 bool LookForIvars;
1228 if (Lookup.empty())
1229 LookForIvars = true;
1230 else if (IsClassMethod)
1231 LookForIvars = false;
1232 else
1233 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1234 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1235
1236 if (LookForIvars) {
1237 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1238 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1239 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1240 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1241 if (IsClassMethod)
1242 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1243 << IV->getDeclName());
1244
1245 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1246 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1247 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1248 return ExprError();
1249
1250 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1251 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1252 return ExprError();
1253
1254 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1255 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1256 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1257 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1258
1259 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1260 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1261 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1262 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1263 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1264 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1265 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1266 SelfName, false, false);
1267 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1268 return Owned(new (Context)
1269 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1270 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1271 }
1272 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1273 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1274 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1275 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1276 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1277 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1278 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1279 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1280 }
1281 }
1282
1283 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1284 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1285 QualType T;
1286
1287 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1288 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1289 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1290 else
1291 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1292 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1293 }
1294
1295 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1296 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001297}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001298
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001299/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001300bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001301Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1302 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001304 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001306 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001307 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1308 return false;
1309 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1310 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001311 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001312 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1313 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001314 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001315 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1316 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1317 DestRecordType,
1318 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1319 From->getSourceRange()))
1320 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001321 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1322 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001323 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001324 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001325}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001326
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001327/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001328static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001329 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001330 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1331 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1332 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1333 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001334 if (SS.isSet()) {
1335 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1336 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001337 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001339 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1340 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001341}
1342
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001343/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1344/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1345/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1346/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001347Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001348Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1349 LookupResult &R,
1350 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1351 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001352 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1353
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001354 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001355
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001356 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1357 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001358 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001359 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001360 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001361 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001362 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001364 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1365 // 'this' expression now.
1366 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1367 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1368 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1369 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001370 }
1371
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001372 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1373 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1374 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1375 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001376}
1377
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001378bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001379 const LookupResult &R,
1380 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001381 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1382 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1383 return false;
1384
1385 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001386 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001387 return false;
1388
1389 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001390 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001391 return false;
1392
1393 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1394 // normal lookup:
1395 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1396 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1397
1398 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1399 // -- a declaration of a class member
1400 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1401 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001402 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001403 return false;
1404
1405 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1406 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1407 // using-declaration
1408 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1409 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1410 // turn off ADL anyway).
1411 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1412 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1413 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1414 return false;
1415
1416 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1417 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1418 // template
1419 // And also for builtin functions.
1420 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1421 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1422
1423 // But also builtin functions.
1424 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1425 return false;
1426 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1427 return false;
1428 }
1429
1430 return true;
1431}
1432
1433
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001434/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1435/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1436/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1437/// will in fact be used.
1438static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1439 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1440 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1441 return true;
1442 }
1443
1444 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1445 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1446 return true;
1447 }
1448
1449 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1450 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1451 return true;
1452 }
1453
1454 return false;
1455}
1456
1457Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001458Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001459 LookupResult &R,
1460 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001461 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1462 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1463 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001464 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001465
1466 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1467 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1468 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001469 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1470 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001471 return ExprError();
1472
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001473 bool Dependent
1474 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001475 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001476 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1477 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1478 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001479 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1480 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1481 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1482 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001483
1484 return Owned(ULE);
1485}
1486
1487
1488/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1489Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001490Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001491 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1492 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001493 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1494 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001495
1496 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1497 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001498
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001499 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1500 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1501 // a template argument list.
1502 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1503 << Template << SS.getRange();
1504 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1505 return ExprError();
1506 }
1507
1508 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1509 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1510 if (!VD) {
1511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1512 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001513 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001514 return ExprError();
1515 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001516
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001517 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1518 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1519 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1520 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001521 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001522 return ExprError();
1523
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001524 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1525 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001526 return ExprError();
1527
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001528 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1529 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1530 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1531 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001532 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001533 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1534 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1535 //
1536 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001537 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1539 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1540 return ExprError();
1541 }
1542
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001543 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1544 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1545 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1546 return ExprError();
1547 }
1548
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001549 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001550 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001551 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001552 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001553 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001554 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1555 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001556 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001557
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001558 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001559 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001560 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001561 }
1562 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1563 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001564
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001565 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001566}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001567
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001568Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1569 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001570 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001571
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001572 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001573 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001574 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1575 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1576 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001577 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001578
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001579 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1580 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001582 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1583 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001584 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001585 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001586 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001587
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001588 QualType ResTy;
1589 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1590 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1591 } else {
1592 unsigned Length =
1593 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001594
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001595 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001596 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001597 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1598 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001599 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001600}
1601
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001602Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001603 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001604 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1605 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1606 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001607
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001608 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1609 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1610 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001611 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001612
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001613 QualType Ty;
1614 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1615 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1616 else if (Literal.isWide())
1617 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
1618 else
1619 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001620
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001621 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1622 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001623 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001624}
1625
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001626Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1627 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001628 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1629 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001630 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001631 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001632 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001633 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001634 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001635
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001636 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001637 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1638 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001639 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001640
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001641 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001642 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001643
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001645 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001646 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001647 return ExprError();
1648
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001649 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001650
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001651 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001652 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001653 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001654 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001655 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001656 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001657 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001658 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001659
1660 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1661
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001662 using llvm::APFloat;
1663 APFloat Val(Format);
1664
1665 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001666
1667 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1668 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1669 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1670 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001671 unsigned diagnostic;
1672 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1673 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
1674 diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
1675 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1676 } else {
1677 diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
1678 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1679 }
1680
1681 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1682 << Ty
1683 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1684 }
1685
1686 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001687 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001688
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001689 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001690 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001691 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001692 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001693
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001694 // long long is a C99 feature.
1695 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001696 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001697 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1698
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001699 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001700 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001701
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001702 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1703 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1704 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001705 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1706 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001707 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001708 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001709 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1710 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001711
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001712 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1713 // be an unsigned int.
1714 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1715
1716 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001717 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001718 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1719 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001720 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001721
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001722 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1723 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1724 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1725 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001726 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001727 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001728 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001729 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001730 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001731 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001732
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001733 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001734 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001735 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001736
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001737 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1738 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1739 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1740 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001741 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001742 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001743 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001744 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001745 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001746 }
1747
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001748 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001749 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001750 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001751
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001752 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1753 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1754 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1755 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001756 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001757 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001758 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001759 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001760 }
1761 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001762
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001763 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1764 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001765 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001766 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001767 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001768 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001769 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001770
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001771 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1772 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001773 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001774 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001775 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001776
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001777 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1778 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001779 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001780 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001781
1782 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001783}
1784
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001785Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1786 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001787 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001788 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001789 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001790}
1791
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001792/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001793/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001794bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001795 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1796 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1797 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001798 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1799 return false;
1800
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001801 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1802 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1803 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1804 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1805 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1806 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1807
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001808 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001809 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001810 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001811 if (isSizeof)
1812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1813 return false;
1814 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001816 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001817 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001818 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1819 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001820 return false;
1821 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001822
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001823 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001824 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1825 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001826 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001827
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001828 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001829 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001830 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001831 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1832 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001833 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001834
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001835 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001836}
1837
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001838bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1839 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1840 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001841
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001842 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001843 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1844 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001845
1846 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1847 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1848 return false;
1849
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001850 if (E->getBitField()) {
1851 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1852 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001853 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001854
1855 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1856 // bit-field.
1857 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001858 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001859 return false;
1860
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001861 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1862}
1863
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001864/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001866Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001867 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001868 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001869 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001870 return ExprError();
1871
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001872 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001873
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001874 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1875 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1876 return ExprError();
1877
1878 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001879 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001880 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1881 R.getEnd()));
1882}
1883
1884/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1885/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001886Action::OwningExprResult
1887Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001888 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1889 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1890 bool isInvalid = false;
1891 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1892 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1893 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1894 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001895 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001896 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1897 isInvalid = true;
1898 } else {
1899 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1900 }
1901
1902 if (isInvalid)
1903 return ExprError();
1904
1905 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1906 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1907 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1908 R.getEnd()));
1909}
1910
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001911/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1912/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1913/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001914Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001915Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1916 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001917 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001918 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001919
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001920 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001921 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1922 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1923 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001924 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001925
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001926 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1927 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1928 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1929
1930 if (Result.isInvalid())
1931 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1932
1933 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001934}
1935
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001936QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001937 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1938 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001939
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001940 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001941 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001942 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001944 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1945 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1946 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001948 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001949 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1950 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001951 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001952}
1953
1954
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001955
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001956Action::OwningExprResult
1957Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1958 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001959 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1960 switch (Kind) {
1961 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1962 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1963 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1964 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001965
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001966 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001967}
1968
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001969Action::OwningExprResult
1970Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1971 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001972 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1973 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1974
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001975 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1976 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001978 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001979 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1980 Base.release();
1981 Idx.release();
1982 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1983 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1984 }
1985
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001987 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001988 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1989 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1990 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001991 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001992 }
1993
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001994 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1995}
1996
1997
1998Action::OwningExprResult
1999Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2000 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2001 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2002 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2003
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002004 // Perform default conversions.
2005 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
2006 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002007
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002008 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002009
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002010 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002011 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002012 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002013 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002014 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2015 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002016 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2017 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2018 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2019 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002020 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002021 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2022 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002023 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002024 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002025 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002026 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2027 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002028 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002030 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002031 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2032 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2033 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002035 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002036 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2037 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2038 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2039 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002040 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002041 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002042 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002043
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002044 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2045 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002046 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2047 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
2048 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
2049 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2050 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2051 // force the promotion here.
2052 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2053 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002054 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2055 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002056 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2057
2058 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2059 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002060 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002061 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2062 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2063 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2064 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002065 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2066 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002067 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2068
2069 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2070 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002071 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002072 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002073 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2074 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002075 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002076 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002077 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2078 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002079 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2080 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002081
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002082 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002083 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2084 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002085 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2086
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002087 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2089 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002090 // incomplete types are not object types.
2091 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2092 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2093 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2094 return ExprError();
2095 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002097 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002099 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2100 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002101 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002103 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2104 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2105 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2106 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2107 return ExprError();
2108 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002109
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002110 Base.release();
2111 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002113 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002114}
2115
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002116QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002117CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002119 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002120 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2121 // see FIXME there.
2122 //
2123 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2124 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002125 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002126
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002127 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002128 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002129
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002130 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002131 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2132 // to be selected.
2133 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002134
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002135 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2136 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002137 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002138
2139 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2140 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002141 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002142 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2143 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002144 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002145 do
2146 compStr++;
2147 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002148 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002149 do
2150 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002151 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002152 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002153
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002154 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002155 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2156 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002157 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2158 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002159 return QualType();
2160 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002161
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002162 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2163 // operates on.
2164 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002165 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002166
2167 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002168 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002169
2170 while (*compStr) {
2171 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2172 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2173 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2174 return QualType();
2175 }
2176 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002177 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002178
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002179 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002180 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002181 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002182 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002183 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002184 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002185 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002186 if (HexSwizzle)
2187 CompSize--;
2188
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002189 if (CompSize == 1)
2190 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002191
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002192 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002193 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002194 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2195 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2196 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2197 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002198 }
2199 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002200}
2201
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002202static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002203 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002204 const Selector &Sel,
2205 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002207 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002208 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002209 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002210 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002212 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2213 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002215 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002216 return D;
2217 }
2218 return 0;
2219}
2220
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002221static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002222 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002223 const Selector &Sel,
2224 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002225 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2226 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002227 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002228 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002229 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002230 GDecl = PD;
2231 break;
2232 }
2233 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002234 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002235 GDecl = OMD;
2236 break;
2237 }
2238 }
2239 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002240 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002241 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2242 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002243 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002244 if (GDecl)
2245 return GDecl;
2246 }
2247 }
2248 return GDecl;
2249}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002250
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002251Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002252Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2253 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002254 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2255 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2256 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2257 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2258 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2259
2260 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2261 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2262 //
2263 // T* t;
2264 // t.f;
2265 //
2266 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2267 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2268 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2269 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002270 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002271 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2272 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002273 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002274 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002275 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002276 return ExprError();
2277 }
2278 }
2279
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002280 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002281
2282 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2283 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002284 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002285 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2286 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2287 SS.getRange(),
2288 FirstQualifierInScope,
2289 Name, NameLoc,
2290 TemplateArgs));
2291}
2292
2293/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2294/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2295/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2296static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2297 Expr *BaseExpr,
2298 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002299 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002300 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002301 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2302 // diagnostics.
2303 if (!BaseExpr)
2304 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002305
2306 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2307 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002308 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002309 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002310 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002311}
2312
2313// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2314// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2315// type. The restriction here is:
2316//
2317// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2318// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2319// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2320//
2321// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2322// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2323// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2324// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2325bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2326 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002327 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002328 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002329 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2330 if (!BaseRT) {
2331 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2332 // dependent.
2333 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2334 return false;
2335 }
2336 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002337
2338 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002339 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2340 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2341 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2342 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002343
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002344 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2345 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2346 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2347 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2348
2349 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2350 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2351
2352 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2353 return false;
2354 }
2355
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002356 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002357 return true;
2358}
2359
2360static bool
2361LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2362 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2363 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2364 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2365 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2366 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2367 << BaseRange))
2368 return true;
2369
2370 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2371 if (SS.isSet()) {
2372 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2373 // nested-name-specifier.
2374 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2375
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002376 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2377 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2378 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2379 return true;
2380 }
2381
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002382 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2383
2384 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2385 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2386 << DC << SS.getRange();
2387 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002388 }
2389 }
2390
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002391 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2392 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002393
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002394 if (!R.empty())
2395 return false;
2396
2397 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2398 // for typos.
2399 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2400 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
2401 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2402 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2403 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2404 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2405 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002406 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2407 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2408 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002409 return false;
2410 } else {
2411 R.clear();
2412 }
2413
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002414 return false;
2415}
2416
2417Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002418Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002419 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2420 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2421 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2422 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2423 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2424 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2425
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002426 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2427 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002428 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002429 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2430 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2431 Name, NameLoc,
2432 TemplateArgs);
2433
2434 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002435
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002436 // Implicit member accesses.
2437 if (!Base) {
2438 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2439 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2440 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2441 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2442 OpLoc, SS))
2443 return ExprError();
2444
2445 // Explicit member accesses.
2446 } else {
2447 OwningExprResult Result =
2448 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2449 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2450 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2451
2452 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2453 Owned(Base);
2454 return ExprError();
2455 }
2456
2457 if (Result.get())
2458 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002459 }
2460
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002461 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2462 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002463}
2464
2465Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002466Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2467 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2468 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002469 LookupResult &R,
2470 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2471 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002472 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002473 if (IsArrow) {
2474 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2475 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2476 }
2477
2478 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2479 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2480 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2481 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2482
2483 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002484 return ExprError();
2485
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002486 if (R.empty()) {
2487 // Rederive where we looked up.
2488 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2489 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2490 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002491
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002492 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002493 << MemberName << DC
2494 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002495 return ExprError();
2496 }
2497
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002498 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2499 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2500 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2501 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2502 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002503 return ExprError();
2504
2505 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2506 // result.
2507 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002508 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002509 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002510 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2511 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002512
2513 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2514 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2515 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002516 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2517 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002518 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2519 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2520 TemplateArgs);
2521 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2522 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2523
2524 return Owned(MemExpr);
2525 }
2526
2527 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2528 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2529
2530 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2531
2532 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2533 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2534 // error cases.
2535 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2536 return ExprError();
2537
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002538 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2539 if (!BaseExpr) {
2540 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2541 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2542 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2543
2544 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2545 }
2546
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002547 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2548 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2549 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2550 // explicitly qualified.
2551 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2552 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2553 }
2554
2555 // Check the use of this member.
2556 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2557 Owned(BaseExpr);
2558 return ExprError();
2559 }
2560
2561 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2562 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2563 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002564 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2565 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002566 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2567 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2568
2569 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2570 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2571 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2572 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2573 else {
2574 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2575 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2576 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2577
2578 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2579 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2580
2581 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2582 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2583 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2584 }
2585
2586 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2587 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2588 return ExprError();
2589 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2590 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2591 }
2592
2593 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2594 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2595 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2596 Var, MemberLoc,
2597 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2598 }
2599
2600 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2601 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2602 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2603 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2604 MemberFn->getType()));
2605 }
2606
2607 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2608 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2609 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2610 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2611 }
2612
2613 Owned(BaseExpr);
2614
2615 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2616 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2617 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2618
2619 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2620 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2621 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2622 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2623 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2624 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2625}
2626
2627/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2628/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2629/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2630/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2631/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2632/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2633/// an ordinary member expression.
2634///
2635/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2636/// fixed for ObjC++.
2637Sema::OwningExprResult
2638Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002639 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002640 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2641 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2642 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002643 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002645 // Perform default conversions.
2646 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002647
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002648 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002649 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2650
2651 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2652 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002653
2654 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002655 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002656 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2657 // call, and continue on.
2658 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2659 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2660 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2661 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2662 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002663 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2664 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002665 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2666 ->isRecordType()))) {
2667 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2669 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2670 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2671
2672 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002673 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002674 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2675 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002676 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002677
2678 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2679 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2680 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2681 }
2682 }
2683 }
2684
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002685 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2686 // use that.
2687 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002688 if (IsArrow) {
2689 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2690 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2691 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2692 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2693 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002694 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2695 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002696 }
2697 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002698 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2699 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2700 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2701 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002702 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002703 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002704 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002705
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002706 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2707 // use that.
2708 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2709 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2710 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2711 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2712 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2713 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2714 }
2715 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002716
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002717 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002718
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002719 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002720 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002721 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2722 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2723 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2724 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2725 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2726 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2727 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2728 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2729 // Check the use of this method.
2730 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2731 return ExprError();
2732 }
2733 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2734 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2735 Selector SetterSel =
2736 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2737 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2738 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2739 if (!Setter) {
2740 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2741 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002742 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002743 }
2744 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2745 if (!Setter)
2746 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2747
2748 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2749 return ExprError();
2750
2751 if (Getter || Setter) {
2752 QualType PType;
2753
2754 if (Getter)
2755 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2756 else
2757 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2758 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2759 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2760 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2761 PType,
2762 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2763 }
2764 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2765 << MemberName << BaseType);
2766 }
2767 }
2768
2769 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2770 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2771 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002772 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002773 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002774
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002775 if (IsArrow) {
2776 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002777 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002778 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2779 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002780 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2781 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2782 // struct MyRecord foo;
2783 // foo->bar
2784 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2785 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2786 // by now.
2787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2788 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2789 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2790 IsArrow = false;
2791 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002792 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2793 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2794 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002795 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002796 } else {
2797 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2798 // type *foo;
2799 // foo.bar
2800 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2801 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2802 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2803 // the appropriate pointer type
2804 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2805 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2806 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2807 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2808 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2809 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2810 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2811 IsArrow = true;
2812 }
2813 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002814 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002815
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002816 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2817 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002818 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002819 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2820 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002821 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002822 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002823 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002824
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002825 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2826 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2827 // pseudo-destructor.
2828 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2829 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002830 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2831 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002832 // type.
2833 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2834 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2835 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002837 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2838 // same as the object type.
2839 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2840 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2841 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2842 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2843 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844
2845 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002846 // the form
2847 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002848 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2849 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002850 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2851 //
2852 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2853 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002855 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2856 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2857 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002858 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2859 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2860 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002861 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2862 MemberLoc));
2863 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002865 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2866 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002867 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2868 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002869 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002871 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002872 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002873 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2874
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002875 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2876 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002877 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002878
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002879 if (!IV) {
2880 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
2881 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
2882 LookupMemberName);
2883 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
2884 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
2885 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
2886 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
2887 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
2888 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2889 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002890 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2891 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002892 }
2893 }
2894
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002895 if (IV) {
2896 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2897 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2898 // error cases.
2899 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2900 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002901
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002902 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2903 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2904 return ExprError();
2905 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2906 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2907 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2908 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2909 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2910 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2911 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2912 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2913 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2914 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2915 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2916 // AST for a function decl.
2917 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002919 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2920 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2921 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2922 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2923 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2924 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002925
2926 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2927 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002928 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002929 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002930 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002931 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2932 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002933 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002934 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002935 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002936
2937 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2938 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002939 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002940 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002941 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002942 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002943 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002944 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002945 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002946 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002947 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2948 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002949 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002950 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002952 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002953 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002954 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2955 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2956 // Check the use of this declaration
2957 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2958 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002960 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2961 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2962 }
2963 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2964 // Check the use of this method.
2965 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2966 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002967
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002968 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002969 OMD->getResultType(),
2970 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002971 NULL, 0));
2972 }
2973 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002974
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002975 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002976 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002977 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002978 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2979 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002980 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002981 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002982 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2983 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002984 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002985
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002986 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002987 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002988 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2989 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2990 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002991 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002992 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002993 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002994 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2995 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002996 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002997 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2998 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002999 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003000 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3001 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003002 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003003 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3004 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3005 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003006
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003007 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003008 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3009 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003010 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3011 // selector is implemented.
3012
3013 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3014 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3015
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003016 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003017 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003018
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003019 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3020 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003021 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003022
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003023 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003024 if (!Getter)
3025 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003026 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003027 // Check if we can reference this property.
3028 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3029 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003030 }
3031 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3032 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003033 Selector SetterSel =
3034 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003035 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003036 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003037 if (!Setter) {
3038 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3039 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003040 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003041 }
3042 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003043 if (!Setter)
3044 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003045
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003046 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3047 return ExprError();
3048
3049 if (Getter || Setter) {
3050 QualType PType;
3051
3052 if (Getter)
3053 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00003054 else
3055 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
3056 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003057 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003058 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003059 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3060 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003061
3062 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3063 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3064 LookupOrdinaryName);
3065 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
3066 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3067 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3068 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3069 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3070 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003071 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3072 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
3073 << Property->getDeclName();
3074
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003075 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
3076 FirstQualifierInScope, ObjCImpDecl);
3077 }
3078
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003079 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003080 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003081 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003082
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003083 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003084 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003085 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003086 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003087 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003088 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003089
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003090 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003091 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003092 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003093 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3094 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003095 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003096 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003097 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003098 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003099
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003100 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3101 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3102
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003103 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003104}
3105
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003106static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
3107 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3108 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
3109 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
3110 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
3111 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00003112 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
3113 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
3114
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003115 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
3116 move(MemExpr),
3117 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
3118 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
3119 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
3120 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
3121}
3122
3123/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3124/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3125/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3126/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3127/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3128///
3129/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3130/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3131/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3132/// only be called
3133/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3134/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3135/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3136Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3137 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3138 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3139 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3140 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3141 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3142 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3143 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3144 return ExprError();
3145
3146 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3147
3148 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3149 DeclarationName Name;
3150 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3151 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3152 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3153 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3154
3155 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3156
3157 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3158 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3159 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3160
3161 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3162 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3163
3164 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3165 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
3166 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003167 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003168 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3169 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3170 Name, NameLoc,
3171 TemplateArgs);
3172 } else {
3173 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3174 if (TemplateArgs) {
3175 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3176 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3177 } else {
3178 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3179 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3180 ObjCImpDecl);
3181
3182 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3183 Owned(Base);
3184 return ExprError();
3185 }
3186
3187 if (Result.get()) {
3188 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3189 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3190 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3191 // call now.
3192 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3193 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3194 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3195
3196 return move(Result);
3197 }
3198 }
3199
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003200 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3201 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003202 }
3203
3204 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003205}
3206
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003207Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3208 FunctionDecl *FD,
3209 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3210 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3211 Diag (CallLoc,
3212 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3213 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003214 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003215 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3216 } else {
3217 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3218 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3219
3220 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003221 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003222
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003223 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3224 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003225 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003226
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003227 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003228 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003229 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003230
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003231 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3232 InitializedEntity Entity
3233 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3234 InitializationKind Kind
3235 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3236 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3237 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3238
3239 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3240 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3241 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3242 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003243 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003244
3245 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003246 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003247 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003248 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003250 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3251 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3252 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003253 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3254 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003255 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3256 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003257 }
3258
3259 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003260 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003261}
3262
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003263/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3264/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3265/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3266/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3267/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3268/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003269bool
3270Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003271 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003272 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003273 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3274 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003275 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003276 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3277 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003278 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003279
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003280 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3281 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3282 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3283 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3284 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3285 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003286 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003287 }
3288
3289 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3290 // them.
3291 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3292 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3293 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3294 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3295 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3296 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3297 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3298 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003299 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003300 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003301 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003302 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003303 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003304 VariadicCallType CallType =
3305 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3306 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3307 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3308 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3309 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003310 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003311 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003312 if (Invalid)
3313 return true;
3314 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3315 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3316 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3317
3318 return false;
3319}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003321bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3322 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3323 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3324 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3325 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3326 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003327 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003328 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3329 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3330 bool Invalid = false;
3331 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3332 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3333 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3334 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003335 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003336 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003337 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003338
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003339 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003340 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3341 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3342
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003343 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3344 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003345 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003346 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003347 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003348
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003349 // Pass the argument
3350 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3351 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3352 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003353
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003354
3355 InitializedEntity Entity =
3356 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3357 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3358 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3359 SourceLocation(),
3360 Owned(Arg));
3361 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3362 return true;
3363
3364 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003365 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003366 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003367
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003369 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003370 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3371 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003372
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003373 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003374 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003375 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003376 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003377
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003378 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003379 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003380 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003381 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003382 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003383 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003384 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003385 }
3386 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003387 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003388}
3389
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003390/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003391/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3392/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003393Action::OwningExprResult
3394Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3395 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003396 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003397 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003398
3399 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3400 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003401
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003402 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003403 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003404 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003405
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003407 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3408 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3409 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3410 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3411 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3412 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3413 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3414 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003416 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3417 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003419 NumArgs = 0;
3420 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003422 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3423 RParenLoc));
3424 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003425
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003426 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003428 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3429 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003430 bool Dependent = false;
3431 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3432 Dependent = true;
3433 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3434 Dependent = true;
3435
3436 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003437 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003438 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3439
3440 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3441 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3442 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3443 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3444
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003445 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3446
3447 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3448 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3449 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3450 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3451 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3452 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3453 // method template.
3454 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3455 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003456 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003457
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003458 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3459 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003460 }
3461
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003462 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003463 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003464 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003465 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003466 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3467 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003468 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003469
3470 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003471 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003472 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3473 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003474 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3475 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3476 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003477
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003478 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3479 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3480 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3481 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003482
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003483 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3484 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3485 TheCall.get(), 0))
3486 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003487
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003488 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3489 RParenLoc))
3490 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003491
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003492 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3493 }
3494 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3495 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3496 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003497 }
3498 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003499 }
3500
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003501 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003503 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003504
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003505 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003506 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3507 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3508 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3509 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003510 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003511
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003512 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3513 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3514 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3515
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003516 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3517}
3518
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003519/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3520/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003521/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3522/// block-pointer type.
3523///
3524/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3525Sema::OwningExprResult
3526Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3527 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3528 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3529 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3530 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3531
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003532 // Promote the function operand.
3533 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3534
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003535 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3536 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003537 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3538 Args, NumArgs,
3539 Context.BoolTy,
3540 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003541
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003542 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3543 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3544 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3545 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003546 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003547 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003548 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3549 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003550 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003551 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003552 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003553 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003554 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003555 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003556 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3557 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3558
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003559 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003560 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3561 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3562 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003563 return ExprError();
3564
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003565 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003566 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003567
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003568 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003569 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003570 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003571 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003572 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003573 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003574
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003575 if (FDecl) {
3576 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3577 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3578 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003579 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003580 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003581 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003582 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3583 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3584 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3585 }
3586 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003587 }
3588
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003589 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003590 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3591 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3592 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003593 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3594 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003595 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3596 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003597 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003598 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003599 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003600 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003601
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003602 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3603 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003604 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3605 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003606
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003607 // Check for sentinels
3608 if (NDecl)
3609 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003610
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003611 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003612 if (FDecl) {
3613 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3614 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003615
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003616 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003617 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3618 } else if (NDecl) {
3619 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3620 return ExprError();
3621 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003622
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003623 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003624}
3625
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003626Action::OwningExprResult
3627Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3628 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003629 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003630
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003631 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003632
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003633 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003634 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003635 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003636
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003637 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003638 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003639 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3640 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003641 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3642 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003643 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003644 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003645 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003646 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003647
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003648 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003649 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003650 InitializationKind Kind
3651 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3652 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003653 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3654 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3655 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3656 &literalType);
3657 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003658 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003659 InitExpr.release();
3660 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003661
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003662 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003663 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003664 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003665 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003666 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003667
3668 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003669
3670 // FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003671 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003672 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003673}
3674
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003675Action::OwningExprResult
3676Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003677 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3678 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3679 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003680
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003681 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003682 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003683
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003684 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003685 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003686 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003687 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003688}
3689
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003690static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3691 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003692 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003693 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3694
3695 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3696 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003697 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3698 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3699 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003700 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3701 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3702 }
3703
3704 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3705 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3706 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3707 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3708 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3709 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3710 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3711 }
3712
3713 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3714 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3715 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3716 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3717 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3718 }
3719
3720 // FIXME: Assert here.
3721 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3722 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3723}
3724
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003725/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003726bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003727 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003728 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3729 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003730 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003731 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3732 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003733
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003734 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003735
3736 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3737 // type needs to be scalar.
3738 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3739 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003740 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3741 return false;
3742 }
3743
3744 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003745 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003746 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3747 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003748 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003749 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3750 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003751 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003752 return false;
3753 }
3754
3755 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003756 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003757 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003758 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003759 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003760 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003761 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3762 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003763 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3764 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3765 break;
3766 }
3767 }
3768 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3769 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3770 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003771 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003772 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003773 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003774
3775 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3776 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3777 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3778 }
3779
3780 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3781 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003782 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3783 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003784 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003785 }
3786
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003787 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3788 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3789
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003790 if (castType->isVectorType())
3791 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3792 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3793 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3794
3795 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003796 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003797
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003798 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3799 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3800
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003801 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003802 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3803 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3804 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3805 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3806 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3807 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3808 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3809 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3810 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3811 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003812 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003813
3814 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003815 return false;
3816}
3817
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003818bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3819 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003820 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003821
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003822 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003823 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003824 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003825 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003826 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003827 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003828 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003829 } else
3830 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003831 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003832 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003834 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003835 return false;
3836}
3837
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003838bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3839 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003840 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003841
3842 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3843
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003844 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3845 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003846 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3847 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3848 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3849 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003850 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003851 return false;
3852 }
3853
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003854 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003855 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3856 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003857 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3858 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3859 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3860 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003861
3862 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3863 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3864 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003865
3866 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003867 return false;
3868}
3869
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003870Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003871Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003872 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003873 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003875 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3876 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003877
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003878 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003879 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3880 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003882 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3883 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3884 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003885 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003886 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003887 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003888 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003889
3890 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003891 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003892 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003893
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003894 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3895 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003896
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003897 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3898 } else {
3899 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003900 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003901
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003902 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003903 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003904 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003905}
3906
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003907/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3908/// of comma binary operators.
3909Action::OwningExprResult
3910Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3911 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3912 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3913 if (!E)
3914 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003916 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003917
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003918 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3919 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3920 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003921
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003922 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3923}
3924
3925Action::OwningExprResult
3926Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3927 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3928 QualType Ty) {
3929 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003930
3931 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003932 // then handle it as such.
3933 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3934 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3935 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3936 return ExprError();
3937 }
3938
3939 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3940 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3941 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3942
3943 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3944 // braces instead of the original commas.
3945 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003946 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003947 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3948 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003949 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003950 Owned(E));
3951 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003952 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003953 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3954 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3955 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3956 }
3957}
3958
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003959Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003960 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003961 MultiExprArg Val,
3962 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003963 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3964 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003965 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3966 Expr *expr;
3967 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3968 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3969 else
3970 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003971 return Owned(expr);
3972}
3973
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003974/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3975/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003976/// C99 6.5.15
3977QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3978 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003979 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3980 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3981 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3982
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003983 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3984
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003985 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3986 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3987 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3988 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3989 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3990 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003991
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003992 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003993 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3994 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3995 << CondTy;
3996 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003997 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003998
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003999 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004000 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4001 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004002
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004003 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4004 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004005 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4006 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4007 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004008 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004009
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004010 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4011 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004012 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4013 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004014 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004015 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004016 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004017 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004018 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004019 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004021 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004022 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004023 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4024 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4025 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4026 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4027 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4028 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4029 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004030 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4031 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004032 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004033 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004034 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4035 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004036 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004037 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004038 // promote the null to a pointer.
4039 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004040 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004041 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004042 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004043 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004044 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004045 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004046 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004047
4048 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4049 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4050 QuestionLoc);
4051 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4052 return compositeType;
4053
4054
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004055 // Handle block pointer types.
4056 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4057 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4058 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4059 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004060 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4061 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004062 return destType;
4063 }
4064 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004065 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004066 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004067 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004068 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4069 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4070 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004071 return LHSTy;
4072 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004073 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004074 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4075 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004076
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004077 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4078 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004079 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004080 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004081 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4082 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4083 // to get a consistent AST.
4084 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004085 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4086 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004087 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004088 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004089 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004090 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4091 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004092 return LHSTy;
4093 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004094
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004095 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4096 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4097 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004098 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4099 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004100
4101 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4102 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4103 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004104 QualType destPointee
4105 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004106 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004107 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4108 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4109 // Promote to void*.
4110 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004111 return destType;
4112 }
4113 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004114 QualType destPointee
4115 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004116 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004117 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004118 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004119 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004120 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004121 return destType;
4122 }
4123
4124 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4125 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4126 return LHSTy;
4127 }
4128 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4129 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4130 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4131 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4132 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4133 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4134 // to get a consistent AST.
4135 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004136 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4137 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004138 return incompatTy;
4139 }
4140 // The pointer types are compatible.
4141 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4142 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4143 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4144 // type.
4145 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4146 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004147 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4148 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004149 return LHSTy;
4150 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004151
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004152 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4153 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4154 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4155 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004157 return RHSTy;
4158 }
4159 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4160 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4161 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004162 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004163 return LHSTy;
4164 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004165
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004166 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004167 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4168 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004169 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004170}
4171
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004172/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4173/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4174QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4175 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4176 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4177 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4178
4179 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4180 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4181 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4182 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4183 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4184 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4185 return LHSTy;
4186 }
4187 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4188 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4189 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4190 return RHSTy;
4191 }
4192 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4193 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4194 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4195 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4196 return LHSTy;
4197 }
4198 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4199 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4200 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4201 return RHSTy;
4202 }
4203 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4204 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4205 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4206 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4207 return LHSTy;
4208 }
4209 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4210 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4211 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4212 return RHSTy;
4213 }
4214 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4215 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4216
4217 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4218 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4219 return LHSTy;
4220 }
4221 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4222 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4223 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4224
4225 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4226 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4227 // type. This allows
4228 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4229 // where B is a subclass of A.
4230 //
4231 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4232 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4233 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4234 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4235
4236 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4237 // It could return the composite type.
4238 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4239 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4240 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4241 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4242 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4243 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4244 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4245 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4246 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4247 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4248 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4249 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4250 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4251 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4252 } else if (!(compositeType =
4253 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4254 ;
4255 else {
4256 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4257 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4258 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4259 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4260 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4261 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4262 return incompatTy;
4263 }
4264 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4265 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4266 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4267 return compositeType;
4268 }
4269 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4270 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4271 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4272 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4273 QualType destPointee
4274 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4275 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4276 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4277 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4278 // Promote to void*.
4279 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4280 return destType;
4281 }
4282 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4283 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4284 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4285 QualType destPointee
4286 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4287 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4288 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4289 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4290 // Promote to void*.
4291 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4292 return destType;
4293 }
4294 return QualType();
4295}
4296
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004297/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004298/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004299Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4300 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4301 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4302 ExprArg RHS) {
4303 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4304 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004305
4306 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4307 // was the condition.
4308 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4309 if (isLHSNull)
4310 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004311
4312 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004313 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004314 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004315 return ExprError();
4316
4317 Cond.release();
4318 LHS.release();
4319 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004320 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004321 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004322 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004323}
4324
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004325// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004326// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004327// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4328// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4329// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004331Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004332 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004333
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004334 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4335 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4336 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4337 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4338 return Compatible;
4339 }
4340
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004341 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004342 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4343 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004344
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004345 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004346 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4347 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004348
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004349 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004350
4351 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4352 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4353 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004354 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004355 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004356 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004357
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004358 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4359 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004360 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004361 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004362 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004363 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004365 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004366 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4367 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004368 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004370 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004371 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004372 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004373
4374 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004375 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4376 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004377 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004378 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004379 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004380 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4381 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4382 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4383 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4384 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4385 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004386 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004387 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004388 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004389 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004390
4391 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004392 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004393 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004394 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004395
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004396 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4397 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4398 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4399 // warning can be disabled.
4400 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4401 return ConvTy;
4402 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4403 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004404
4405 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4406 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4407 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4408 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4409 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4410 do {
4411 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4412 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4413
4414 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4415 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4416 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4417
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004418 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004419 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004420 }
4421
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004422 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004423 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004424 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004425 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004426}
4427
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004428/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4429/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4430/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4431// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432Sema::AssignConvertType
4433Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004434 QualType rhsType) {
4435 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004437 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004438 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4439 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004441 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4442 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4443 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004445 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004447 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004448 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004449 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004450
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004451 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004453 return ConvTy;
4454}
4455
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004456/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4457/// for assignment compatibility.
4458Sema::AssignConvertType
4459Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4460 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4461 return Compatible;
4462 QualType lhptee =
4463 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4464 QualType rhptee =
4465 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4466 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4467 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4468 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4469 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4470 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4471
4472 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4473 return Compatible;
4474 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4475 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4476 return IncompatiblePointer;
4477}
4478
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4480/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004481/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4482///
4483/// int a, *pint;
4484/// short *pshort;
4485/// struct foo *pfoo;
4486///
4487/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4488/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4489/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4490/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4491///
4492/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004494///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004495Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004496Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004497 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4498 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004499 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4500 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004501
4502 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004503 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004504
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004505 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4506 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4507 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4508 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4509 return Compatible;
4510 }
4511
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004512 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4513 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4514 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4515 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4516 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4517 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4518 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004519 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004520 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004521 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004522 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004523 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004524 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4525 // to the same ExtVector type.
4526 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4527 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4528 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4529 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4530 return Compatible;
4531 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004532
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004533 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004534 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004535 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004536 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004537 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4538 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004539 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004540 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004541 }
4542 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004544
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004545 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004546 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004547
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004548 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004549 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004550 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004551
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004552 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004553 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004554
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004555 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004556 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004557 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4558 return Compatible;
4559 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004560 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004561 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4562 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004563 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004564
4565 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004566 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004567 return Compatible;
4568 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004569 return Incompatible;
4570 }
4571
4572 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4573 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004574 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004576 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004577 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004578 return Compatible;
4579
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004580 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4581 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004582
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004583 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004584 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004585 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004586 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004587 return Incompatible;
4588 }
4589
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004590 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4591 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4592 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004594 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004595 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004596 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4597 return Compatible;
4598 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004599 }
4600 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004601 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004602 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004603 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004604 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4605 return Compatible;
4606 }
4607 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4608 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4609 return Compatible;
4610 return Incompatible;
4611 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004612 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004613 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004614 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4615 return Compatible;
4616
4617 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004618 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004619
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004620 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004621 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622
4623 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004624 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004625 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004626 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004627 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004628 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4629 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4630 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4631 return Compatible;
4632
4633 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4634 return PointerToInt;
4635
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004636 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004637 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004638 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4639 return Compatible;
4640 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004641 }
4642 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004643 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004644 return Compatible;
4645 return Incompatible;
4646 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004647
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004648 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004649 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004650 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004651 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004652 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004653}
4654
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004655/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4656/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004657static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004658 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4659 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4660 // of the transparent union.
4661 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4662 &E, 1,
4663 SourceLocation());
4664 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4665 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4666
4667 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4668 // union type from this initializer list.
4669 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4670 false);
4671}
4672
4673Sema::AssignConvertType
4674Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4675 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4676
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004677 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004678 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4679 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004680 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004681 return Incompatible;
4682
4683 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4684 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4685 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4686 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004687 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4688 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004689 it != itend; ++it) {
4690 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4691 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4692 // 1) void pointer
4693 // 2) null pointer constant
4694 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004695 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004696 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004697 InitField = *it;
4698 break;
4699 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004701 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4702 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004703 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004704 InitField = *it;
4705 break;
4706 }
4707 }
4708
4709 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4710 == Compatible) {
4711 InitField = *it;
4712 break;
4713 }
4714 }
4715
4716 if (!InitField)
4717 return Incompatible;
4718
4719 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4720 return Compatible;
4721}
4722
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004723Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004724Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4726 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4727 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4728 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4729 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004730 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004731 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004732 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004733 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004734 }
4735
4736 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4737 // structures.
4738 }
4739
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004740 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4741 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4743 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004744 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004745 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4746 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004747 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004748 return Compatible;
4749 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004750
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004751 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004752 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004753 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004754 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004755 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004756 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004757 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4758 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004759
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004760 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4761 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004762
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004763 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4764 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004765 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4766 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4767 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4768 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004769 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004770 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4771 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004772 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004773}
4774
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004775QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004776 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004777 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004778 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004779 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004780}
4781
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004782inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004783 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004784 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004785 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004786 QualType lhsType =
4787 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4788 QualType rhsType =
4789 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004790
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004791 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004792 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004793 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004794
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004795 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4796 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004797 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4798 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004799 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4800 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004801 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004802 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004803 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004804 }
4805 }
4806 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004807
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004808 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4809 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4810 bool swapped = false;
4811 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4812 swapped = true;
4813 std::swap(rex, lex);
4814 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4815 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004816
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004817 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004818 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004819 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4820 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4821 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004822 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004823 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4824 return lhsType;
4825 }
4826 }
4827 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4828 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4829 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004830 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004831 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4832 return lhsType;
4833 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004834 }
4835 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004836
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004837 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004838 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004839 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004840 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004841 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004842}
4843
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004844inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004845 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004846 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004847 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004849 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004850
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004851 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004852 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004853 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004854}
4855
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004856inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004857 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004858 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4859 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4860 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4861 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4862 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004863
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004864 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004865
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004866 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004867 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004868 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004869}
4870
4871inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004872 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004873 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4874 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4875 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4876 return compType;
4877 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004878
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004879 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004880
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004881 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004882 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4883 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4884 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004885 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004886 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004887
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004888 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4889 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004890 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004891 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4892
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004893 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004894
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004895 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004896 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004898 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4899 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004900 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4901 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004902 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004903 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004904 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004905
4906 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4907 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4908 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004909 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004910 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4911 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4912 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4913 return QualType();
4914 }
4915
4916 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4917 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4918 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004919 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004920 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004921 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004922 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004923 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4924 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004925 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4926 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004927 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004928 return QualType();
4929 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004930 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4931 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4932 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4933 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4934 return QualType();
4935 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004936
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004937 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004938 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4939 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4940 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4941 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4942 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004943 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004944 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4945 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004946 return PExp->getType();
4947 }
4948 }
4949
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004950 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004951}
4952
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004953// C99 6.5.6
4954QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004955 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4956 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4957 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4958 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4959 return compType;
4960 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004961
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004962 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004963
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004964 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004966 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004967 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4968 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004969 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004970 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004971 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004972
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004973 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004974 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004975 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004976
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004977 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004978
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004979 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4980 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4981 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4982 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4983 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4984 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4985 return QualType();
4986 }
4987
4988 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4989 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4990 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004993 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004994 return QualType();
4995 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004996
4997 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4998 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4999 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005000 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005001 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005002 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005003 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005004 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005005
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005006 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5007 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5009 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5010 return QualType();
5011 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005012
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005013 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005014 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5015 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5016 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5017 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5018 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5019 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005020 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005021 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5022
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005023 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005024 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005025 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005026
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005027 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005028 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005029 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005030
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005031 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5032 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5033 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5034 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5036 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5037 return QualType();
5038 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005039
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005040 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5041 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5042 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5043 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005044 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005045 return QualType();
5046 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005047
5048 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5049 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5050 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5051 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5052 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005053 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5054 << rex->getSourceRange()
5055 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005056 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005058 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5059 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5060 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5061 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5062 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5063 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5064 return QualType();
5065 }
5066 } else {
5067 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5068 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5069 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5070 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5071 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5072 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5073 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5074 return QualType();
5075 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005076 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005078 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5079 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5080 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5081 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5082 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005083 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005084 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005085
5086 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005087 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5088 }
5089 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005090
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005091 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005092}
5093
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005094// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005095QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005096 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005097 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5098 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005099 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005100
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005101 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5102 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5103 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5104
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005105 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5106 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005107 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5108 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5109 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5110 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5111 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005112 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005113 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005114 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005115
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005116 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005117
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005118 // Sanity-check shift operands
5119 llvm::APSInt Right;
5120 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005121 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5122 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005123 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005124 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5125 else {
5126 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5127 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5128 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5129 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5130 }
5131 }
5132
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005133 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005134 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005135}
5136
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005137// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005138QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005139 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5140 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5141
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005142 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005143 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005144 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005145
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005146 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5147 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005148
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005149 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005150 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5151 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5152 else {
5153 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5154 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5155 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005156 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5157 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005158
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005159 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5160 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005161 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5162 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5163 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005164 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005165 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005166 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5167 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5168 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5169 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005170 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5171 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005172 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005173
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005174 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5175 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5176 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5177 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005178
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005179 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5180 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005181 Expr *literalString = 0;
5182 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005183 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005184 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5185 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005186 literalString = lex;
5187 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005188 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5189 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005190 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5191 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005192 literalString = rex;
5193 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5194 }
5195
5196 if (literalString) {
5197 std::string resultComparison;
5198 switch (Opc) {
5199 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5200 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5201 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5202 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5203 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5204 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5205 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5206 }
5207 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5208 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5209 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005210 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5211 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5212 "strcmp(")
5213 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5214 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005215 resultComparison);
5216 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005217 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005218
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005219 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005220 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005221
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005222 if (isRelational) {
5223 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005224 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005225 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005226 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005227 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005228 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005229
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005230 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005231 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005232 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005233
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005234 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5235 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5236 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5237 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005238
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005239 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5240 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5241 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005242 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005243 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005244 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005245 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005246 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005247
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005248 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005249 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5250 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005251 if (!isRelational &&
5252 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5253 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5254 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5255 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5256 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5257 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5258 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5259 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5260 return ResultTy;
5261 }
5262 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005263 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5264 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5265 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5266 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5267 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5268 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005269 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005270 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005271 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005272 if (T.isNull()) {
5273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5274 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5275 return QualType();
5276 }
5277
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005278 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5279 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005280 return ResultTy;
5281 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005282 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5283 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5284 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5285 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5286 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5287 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5288 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5289 }
5290 } else if (!isRelational &&
5291 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5292 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5293 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5294 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5295 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5296 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5297 }
5298 } else {
5299 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005300 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005301 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005302 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005303 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005304 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005305 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005307
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005308 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005310 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005311 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005312 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5313 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005314 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005315 return ResultTy;
5316 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005317 if (LHSIsNull &&
5318 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5319 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005320 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005321 return ResultTy;
5322 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005323
5324 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005325 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005326 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5327 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005328 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5329 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5330 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5331 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5332 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5333 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5334 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5335 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005336 // types.
5337 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5338 if (T.isNull()) {
5339 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5340 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5341 return QualType();
5342 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005343
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005344 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5345 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005346 return ResultTy;
5347 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005348
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005349 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005350 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5351 return ResultTy;
5352 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005353
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005354 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005355 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005356 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5357 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005358
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005359 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005360 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005361 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005362 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005363 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005364 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005365 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005366 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005367 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005368 if (!isRelational
5369 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5370 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005371 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005372 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005373 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005374 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005375 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5377 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005378 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005379 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005380 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005381 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005382
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005383 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005384 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005385 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5386 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005387 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005388 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005389 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005390 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005391
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005392 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5393 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005394 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005395 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005396 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005397 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005398 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005399 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005400 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005401 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005402 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5403 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005404 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005405 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005406 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005407 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005408 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005409 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5410 if (RHSIsNull) {
5411 if (isRelational)
5412 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5413 } else if (isRelational)
5414 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5415 else
5416 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005417
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005418 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005419 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005420 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005421 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005422 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005423 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005424 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005425 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005426 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5427 if (LHSIsNull) {
5428 if (isRelational)
5429 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5430 } else if (isRelational)
5431 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5432 else
5433 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005434
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005435 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005436 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005437 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005438 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005439 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005440 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005441 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005442 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005443 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5444 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005445 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005446 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005447 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005448 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5449 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005450 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005451 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005452 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005453 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005454}
5455
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005456/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005457/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005458/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5459/// types.
5460QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005461 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005462 bool isRelational) {
5463 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5464 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005465 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005466 if (vType.isNull())
5467 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005468
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005469 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5470 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005471
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005472 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5473 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5474 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5475 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5476 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5477 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5478 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005479 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005480 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005481
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005482 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5483 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5484 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005485 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005486 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005488 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5489 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5490 // elements for floating point vectors.
5491 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5492 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005493
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005494 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005495 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005496 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005497 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005498 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005499 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5500
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005501 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005502 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005503 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5504}
5505
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005506inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005507 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005508 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005509 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005510
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005511 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005512
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005513 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005514 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005515 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005516}
5517
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005518inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005519 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005520 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5521 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5522 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005523
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005524 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5525 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005526
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005527 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005528 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005529
5530 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5531 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5532 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5533 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5534 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5535 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5536 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005537
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005538 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005539 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005540 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5541
5542 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5543 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5544 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5545 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5546
5547 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005548 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005549 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5550
5551 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5552 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5553 // The result is a bool.
5554 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005555}
5556
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005557/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5558/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5559/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5560///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005561static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005562 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5563 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5564 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5565 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005566 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005567 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5568 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5569 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5570 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005571 }
5572 }
5573 return false;
5574}
5575
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005576/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5577/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5578static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005579 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005580 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005581 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005582 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5583 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005584 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5585 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005586
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005587 unsigned Diag = 0;
5588 bool NeedType = false;
5589 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5590 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5591 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005592 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005593 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5594 NeedType = true;
5595 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005597 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5598 NeedType = true;
5599 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005600 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005601 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5602 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005603 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005604 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5605 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005606 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5607 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005608 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005609 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5610 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005611 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005612 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5613 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005614 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005615 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5616 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005617 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5618 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5619 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005620 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5621 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5622 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005623 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5624 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5625 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005626 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005627
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005628 SourceRange Assign;
5629 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5630 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005631 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005632 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005633 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005634 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005635 return true;
5636}
5637
5638
5639
5640// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005641QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5642 SourceLocation Loc,
5643 QualType CompoundType) {
5644 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5645 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005646 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005647
5648 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5649 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005650
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005651 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005652 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005653 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005654 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005655 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5656 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5657 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005658 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005659 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005660 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005661 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005663 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5664 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5665 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005666 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005667 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5668 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5669 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5670 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5671 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005672 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005673 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005674 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5675 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5676 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005677 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5678 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5680 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5681 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005682 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005683 }
5684 } else {
5685 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005686 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005687 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005688
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005689 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005690 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005691 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005692
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005693 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5694 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005695 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005696 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5697 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005698 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005699 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005700 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005701}
5702
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005703// C99 6.5.17
5704QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005705 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005706 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005707
5708 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5709 // incomplete in C++).
5710
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005711 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005712}
5713
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005714/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5715/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005716QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5717 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005718 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5719 return Context.DependentTy;
5720
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005721 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5722 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005723
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5725 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5726 if (!isInc) {
5727 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5728 return QualType();
5729 }
5730 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5731 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5732 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005733 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005734 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5735 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005736
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005737 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005738 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005739 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5740 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5741 << Op->getSourceRange();
5742 return QualType();
5743 }
5744
5745 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005746 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005747 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005748 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5749 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5750 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5751 return QualType();
5752 }
5753
5754 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005755 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005756 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005757 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005758 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005759 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005760 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005761 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5762 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5763 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5764 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5765 return QualType();
5766 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005767 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005768 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5769 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005770 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005771 } else {
5772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005773 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005774 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005775 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005776 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005777 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005778 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005779 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005780 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005781}
5782
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005783/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005784/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005785/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5786/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5787/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5788/// - &(x) => x
5789/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5790/// - &s.xx => s
5791/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5792/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5793/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5794/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005795static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005796 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005797 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005798 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005799 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005800 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5801 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5802 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005803 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005804 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005805 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005806 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005807 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005808 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5809 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005810 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5811 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5812 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5813 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5814 }
5815 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005816 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005817 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5818 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005819
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005820 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005821 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5822 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5823 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5824 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5825 default:
5826 return 0;
5827 }
5828 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005829 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005830 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005831 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005832 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5833 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005834 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005835 default:
5836 return 0;
5837 }
5838}
5839
5840/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005841/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005842/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005843/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005844/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005845/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005846/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005847QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005848 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5849 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5850
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005851 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5852 return Context.DependentTy;
5853
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005854 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5855 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5856 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5857 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5858 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5859 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5860 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5861 }
5862 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5863 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5864 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005865 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005866 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005867
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005868 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5869 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005870 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005871 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005872 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5874 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005875 return QualType();
5876 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005877 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005878 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5879 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5880 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005881 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005882 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5883 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005884 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005885 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005886 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005887 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005888 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5889 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5890 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5891 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5892 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005893 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5894 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005895 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5896 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005897 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5898 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005899 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005900 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005901 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5902 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005903 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005904 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5905 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005906 return QualType();
5907 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005908 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005909 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005910 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005911 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005912 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5913 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005914 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005915 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005916 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5917 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005918 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005919 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5920 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5921 return QualType();
5922 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005923
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005924 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5925 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005926 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005927 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005928 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005929 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005930 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005931 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5932 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005933 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5934 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5935 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005936 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005937 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005938
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005939 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5940 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5941 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5942 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5943 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5944 }
5945
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005946 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005947 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005948}
5949
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005950QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005951 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5952 return Context.DependentTy;
5953
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005954 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5955 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005956
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005957 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5958 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5959 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5960 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005961 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005962 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005963
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005964 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005965 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005966
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005967 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005968 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005969 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005970}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005971
5972static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5973 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5974 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5975 switch (Kind) {
5976 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005977 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5978 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005979 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5980 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5981 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5982 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5983 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5984 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5985 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5986 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5987 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5988 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5989 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5990 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5991 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5992 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5993 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5994 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5995 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5996 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5997 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5998 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5999 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6000 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6001 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6002 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6003 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6004 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6005 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6006 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6007 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6008 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6009 }
6010 return Opc;
6011}
6012
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006013static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6014 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6015 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6016 switch (Kind) {
6017 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6018 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6019 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6020 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6021 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6022 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6023 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6024 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6025 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006026 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6027 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006028 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006029 }
6030 return Opc;
6031}
6032
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006033/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6034/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6035/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006036Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6037 unsigned Op,
6038 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006039 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006040 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006041 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6042 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6043 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006044
6045 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006046 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6047 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6048 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006049 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6050 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6051 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6052 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6053 break;
6054 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006055 case BinaryOperator::Div:
6056 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6057 break;
6058 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6059 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6060 break;
6061 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6062 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6063 break;
6064 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6065 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6066 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006067 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006068 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6069 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6070 break;
6071 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6072 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6073 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6074 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006075 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006076 break;
6077 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6078 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006079 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006080 break;
6081 case BinaryOperator::And:
6082 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6083 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6084 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6085 break;
6086 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6087 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6088 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6089 break;
6090 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6091 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006092 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6093 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6094 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6095 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006096 break;
6097 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006098 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6099 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6100 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6101 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006102 break;
6103 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006104 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6105 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6106 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006107 break;
6108 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006109 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6110 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6111 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006112 break;
6113 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6114 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006115 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6116 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6117 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6118 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006119 break;
6120 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6121 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6122 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006123 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6124 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6125 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6126 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006127 break;
6128 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6129 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6130 break;
6131 }
6132 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006133 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006134 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006135 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6136 else
6137 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006138 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6139 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006140}
6141
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006142/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6143/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006144static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6145 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6146 SourceRange ParenRange)
6147{
6148 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6149 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6150 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6151 // warning/error and return.
6152 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6153 return;
6154 }
6155
6156 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6157 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6158 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6159}
6160
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006161/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6162/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6163/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6164/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006165static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6166 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006167 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6168 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6169 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6170 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006171 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006172 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006173 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6174
6175 // Subs are not binary operators.
6176 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6177 return;
6178
6179 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6180 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006181 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6182 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006183 return;
6184
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006185 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006186 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6187 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006188 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6189 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6190 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6191 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006192 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6193 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006194 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6195 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6196 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006197}
6198
6199/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6200/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6201/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6202static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6203 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006204 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006205 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6206}
6207
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006208// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006209Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6210 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6211 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006212 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006213 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006214
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006215 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6216 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006217
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006218 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6219 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6220
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006221 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6222}
6223
6224Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6225 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6226 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006227 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006228 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006229 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6230 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6231 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6232 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6233 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006234 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006235 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6236 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006237 if (S)
6238 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6239 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006240 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006241 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006242 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006243 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006244 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006245
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006246 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6247 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006248 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006249 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006250
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006251 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006252 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006253}
6254
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006255Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006256 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006257 ExprArg InputArg) {
6258 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006259
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006260 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006261 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006262 QualType resultType;
6263 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006264 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6265 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6266 break;
6267
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006268 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6269 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006270 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6271 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006272 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006273 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6274 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006275 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006276 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006277 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006278 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006279 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006280 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006281 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006282 break;
6283 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6284 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006285 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6286 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006287 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6288 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006289 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6290 break;
6291 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6292 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6293 break;
6294 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6295 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6296 resultType->isPointerType())
6297 break;
6298
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006299 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6300 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006301 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006302 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6303 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006304 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6305 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006306 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6307 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6308 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006309 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006310 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006311 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006312 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6313 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006314 break;
6315 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006316 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006317 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6318 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006319 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6320 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006321 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006322 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6323 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006324 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006325 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6326 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006327 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006328 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006329 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006330 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006331 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006332 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006333 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006334 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006335 }
6336 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006337 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006338
6339 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006340 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006341}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006342
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006343Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6344 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6345 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006346 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6348 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006349 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6350 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6351 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6352 // the arguments.
6353 FunctionSet Functions;
6354 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6355 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006356 if (S)
6357 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6358 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006359 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006360 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006361 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006362 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006363
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006364 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6365 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006366
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006367 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6368}
6369
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006370// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6371Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6372 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6373 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6374}
6375
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006376/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006377Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6378 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6379 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006380 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006381 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006382
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006383 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6384 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006385 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006386 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006387
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006388 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006389 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6390 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006391}
6392
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006393Sema::OwningExprResult
6394Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6395 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6396 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006397 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6398 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6399
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006400 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006401 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006402 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006403
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006404 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6405 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6406 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006407
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006408 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6409 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6410 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006411
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006412 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6413 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6414 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6415 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6416 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006417
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006418 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006419 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006420 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006421
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006422 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6423 // expressions are not lvalues.
6424
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006425 substmt.release();
6426 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006427}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006428
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006429Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6430 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6431 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6432 TypeTy *argty,
6433 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6434 unsigned NumComponents,
6435 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6436 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6437 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006438 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6439 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006440 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006441
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006442 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6443
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006444 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6445 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6446 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006447 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006448 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006449
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006450 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6451 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006452
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006453 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6454 // the offsetof designators.
6455 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6456 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006457 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006458 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006459
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006460 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6461 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006462 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6463 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006464 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006465 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6466 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006467
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006468 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006469 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006470
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006471 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6472 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6473 return ExprError();
6474
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006475 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6476 // leaks like a sieve.
6477 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6478 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6479 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6480 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6481 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6482 if (!AT) {
6483 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006484 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6485 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006486 }
6487
6488 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6489
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006490 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6491 // expression.
6492 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6493
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006494 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6495 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006496 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006497 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006498 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006499 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006500 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006501
6502 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6503 OC.LocEnd);
6504 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006505 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006506
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006507 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006508 if (!RC) {
6509 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006510 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6511 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006512 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006513
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006514 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6515 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006516 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006517 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6518 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6519 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6520 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6521 << Res->getType()))
6522 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006523 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006524
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006525 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6526 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006527
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006528 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006529 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006530 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006531 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6532 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006533
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006534 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6535 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006536 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006537 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006538 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006539 } else {
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006540 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006541 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6542 // doesn't matter here.
6543 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6544 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6545 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006546 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006547 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006548
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006549 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6550 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006551}
6552
6553
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006554Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6555 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6556 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006557 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6558 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6559 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006560
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006561 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006562
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006563 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6564 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6565 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6566 return ExprError();
6567 }
6568
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006569 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6570 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006571}
6572
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006573Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6574 ExprArg cond,
6575 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6576 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6577 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6578 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6579 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006580
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006581 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6582
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006583 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006584 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006585 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006586 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006587 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006588 } else {
6589 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6590 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6591 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6592 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006593 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6594 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6595 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006596
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006597 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6598 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006599 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6600 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006601 }
6602
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006603 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6604 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006605 resType, RPLoc,
6606 resType->isDependentType(),
6607 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006608}
6609
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006610//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6611// Clang Extensions.
6612//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6613
6614/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006615void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006616 // Analyze block parameters.
6617 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006618
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006619 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6620 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6621 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006622
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006623 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006624 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006625 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006626 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006627 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6628 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006629
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006630 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek54ad1ab2009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006631 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006632 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006633}
6634
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006635void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006636 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006637
6638 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6639 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006640 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006641 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6642
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006643 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6644 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6645 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6646 return;
6647 }
6648
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006649 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6650 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6651 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6652
6653 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6654 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006655 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006656 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006657 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006658 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006659 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6660 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006661 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006662
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006663 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6664 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6665 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6666 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6667 return;
6668 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006669 return;
6670 }
6671
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006672 // Analyze arguments to block.
6673 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6674 "Not a function declarator!");
6675 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006676
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006677 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6678 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006679
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006680 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6681 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6682 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6683 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006684 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6685 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006686 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006687 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006688 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6689 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006690 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006691 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006692 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006693 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006694 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006695 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006696 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006697 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6698 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6699 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6700 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6701 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006702
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006703 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006704 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006705 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006706 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006707 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006708 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6709 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006710
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006711 // Analyze the return type.
6712 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006713 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006714
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006715 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6716 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6717 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6718 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6719 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006720 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006721}
6722
6723/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6724/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6725void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6726 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6727 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006728
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006729 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6730
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006731 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006732 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006733 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006734 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006735}
6736
6737/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6738/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006739Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6740 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006741 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6742 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6743 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006744
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006745 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6746 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006747
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006748 PopDeclContext();
6749
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006750 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6751 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006752
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006753 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006754 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6755 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006756
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006757 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6758 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6759 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006760
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006761 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006762 QualType BlockTy;
6763 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006764 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6765 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006766 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006767 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006768 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6769 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006770
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006771 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006772 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006773 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006774
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006775 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6776 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6777 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6778 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006779
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006780 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006781 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006782 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6783 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006784}
6785
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006786Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6787 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6788 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006789 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006790 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6791 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006792
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006793 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006794
6795 // Get the va_list type
6796 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006797 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6798 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6799 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6800 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006801 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006802 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6803 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6804 } else {
6805 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6806 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006807 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006808 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006809 return ExprError();
6810 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006811
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006812 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6813 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006814 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6815 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006816 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006817 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006818
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006819 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006820 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006821
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006822 expr.release();
6823 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6824 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006825}
6826
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006827Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006828 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6829 // pointers on the target.
6830 QualType Ty;
6831 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6832 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6833 else
6834 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6835
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006836 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006837}
6838
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006839static void
6840MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6841 QualType DstType,
6842 Expr *SrcExpr,
6843 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6844 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6845 return;
6846
6847 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6848 if (!PT)
6849 return;
6850
6851 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6852 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6853 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6854 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6855 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6856 return;
6857 }
6858
6859 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6860 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6861 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6862 return;
6863
6864 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6865}
6866
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006867bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6868 SourceLocation Loc,
6869 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006870 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006871 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6872 bool isInvalid = false;
6873 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006874 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6875
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006876 switch (ConvTy) {
6877 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6878 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006879 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006880 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6881 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006882 case IntToPointer:
6883 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6884 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006885 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006886 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006887 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6888 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006889 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6890 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6891 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006892 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6893 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6894 break;
6895 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006896 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6897 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6898 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6899 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6900 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6901 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6902 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6903 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6904 // C++ semantics.
6905 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6906 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6907 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006908 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6909 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006910 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006911 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006912 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006913 case IntToBlockPointer:
6914 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6915 break;
6916 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006917 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006918 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006919 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006920 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006921 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6922 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6923 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006924 case IncompatibleVectors:
6925 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6926 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006927 case Incompatible:
6928 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6929 isInvalid = true;
6930 break;
6931 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006932
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006933 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006934 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006935 return isInvalid;
6936}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006937
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006938bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006939 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6940 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6941 if (Result)
6942 *Result = ICEResult;
6943 return false;
6944 }
6945
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006946 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6947
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006948 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006949 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6950 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6951
6952 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6953 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6954 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6955 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6956 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6957 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6958 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006959
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006960 return true;
6961 }
6962
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006963 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6964 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006965
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006966 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6967 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6968 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006969
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006970 if (Result)
6971 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6972 return false;
6973}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006974
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006975void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006976Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006977 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6978 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006979}
6980
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006981void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006982Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6983 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6984 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6985 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006986
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006987 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6988 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
6989 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6990 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6991 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6992 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6993 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6994 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
6995 I != IEnd; ++I)
6996 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6997 }
6998
6999 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7000 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7001 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7002 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7003 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7004 I != IEnd; ++I)
7005 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7006 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007007 }
7008
7009 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7010 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7011 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7012 // will never be constructed.
7013 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
7014 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7015 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7016 ExprTemporaries.end());
7017
7018 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7019 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007020}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007021
7022/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7023///
7024/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7025/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7026/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7027/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7028///
7029/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7030///
7031/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7032void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7033 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007034
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007035 if (D->isUsed())
7036 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007037
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007038 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7039 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7040 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7041 // -Wunused-parameters)
7042 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7043 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007044 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007045
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007046 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7047 // an instantiation.
7048 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7049 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007050
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007051 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007052 case Unevaluated:
7053 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7054 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007055
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007056 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7057 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7058 // "used"; handle this below.
7059 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007060
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007061 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7062 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7063 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7064 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007065 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007066 return;
7067 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007068
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007069 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007070 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007071 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007072 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7073 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7074 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007075 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007076 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007077 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7078 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7079 }
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007080
7081 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007082 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7083 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7084 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007085
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007086 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7087 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7088 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7089 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7090 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7091 }
7092 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007093 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007094 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007095 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007096 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007097 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7098 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7099 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7100 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7101 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007102 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7103 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007104 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7105 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7106 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7107 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7108 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007109 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7110 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007111 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7112 }
7113
7114 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7115 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7116 }
7117
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007118 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007119 Function->setUsed(true);
7120 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007121 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007122
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007123 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007124 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007125 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007126 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7127 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7128 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7129 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7130 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7131 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7132 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7133 }
7134 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007135
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007136 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007137
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007138 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007139 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007140 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007141}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007142
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007143/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7144/// of the program being compiled.
7145///
7146/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7147/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7148/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7149/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7150/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7151/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7152/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7153/// later.
7154///
7155/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7156/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7157/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7158/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7159bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7160 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7161 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7162 case Unevaluated:
7163 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7164 break;
7165
7166 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7167 Diag(Loc, PD);
7168 return true;
7169
7170 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7171 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7172 break;
7173 }
7174
7175 return false;
7176}
7177
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007178bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7179 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7180 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7181 return false;
7182
7183 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7184 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7185 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7186 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7187
7188 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7189 FD ?
7190 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7191 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7192 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7193 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7194 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7195 return true;
7196
7197 return false;
7198}
7199
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007200// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7201// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7202void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7203 SourceLocation Loc;
7204
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007205 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7206
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007207 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7208 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7209 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7210 return;
7211
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007212 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7213 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7214 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7215 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7216
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007217 // self = [<foo> init...]
7218 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7219 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7220 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7221
7222 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7223 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7224 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7225 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7226 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007227
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007228 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7229 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7230 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7231 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7232 return;
7233
7234 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7235 } else {
7236 // Not an assignment.
7237 return;
7238 }
7239
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007240 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007241 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007242
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007243 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007244 << E->getSourceRange()
7245 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7246 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7247}
7248
7249bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7250 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7251
7252 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7254
7255 QualType T = E->getType();
7256
7257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7258 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7259 return true;
7260 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7261 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7262 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7263 return true;
7264 }
7265 }
7266
7267 return false;
7268}